1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
842 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1088 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_", 21) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1090 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1093 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1099 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1205 bfd_boolean compressed
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1281 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1283 struct lto_section lsection
;
1284 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1285 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1286 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1292 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1294 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1295 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1296 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1299 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1300 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1301 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1302 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1303 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1304 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1305 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1306 function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
1308 bfd_reloc_status_type
1309 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1312 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1313 asection
*input_section
,
1315 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1317 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1318 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1319 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1320 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1322 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1326 /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
1327 relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
1328 targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
1329 ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
1330 sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
1331 to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
1332 sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
1333 doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
1334 if (output_bfd
== NULL
1335 && !reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
1336 && (symbol
->section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
1337 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
1338 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1340 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1343 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1344 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1345 should be the same. */
1348 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1349 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1351 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1352 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1353 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1354 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1356 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1357 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1359 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1362 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1363 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1364 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1365 to be the correct section. */
1368 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1369 const unsigned int hint
)
1371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1374 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1376 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1377 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1378 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1379 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1382 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1386 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1388 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1389 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1390 multiple matches ? */
1397 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1398 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1399 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1402 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1404 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1405 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1406 const unsigned int secnum
)
1408 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1409 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1410 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1411 unsigned int sh_link
;
1413 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1415 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1416 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1417 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1418 matched up with the original.
1420 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1421 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1422 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1423 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1424 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1425 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1426 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1427 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1428 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1429 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1430 without any contents. */
1431 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1432 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1433 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1434 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1438 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1439 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1443 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1444 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1445 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1446 in the input bfd. */
1447 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1449 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1450 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1453 /* xgettext:c-format */
1454 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1455 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1459 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1460 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1462 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1466 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1467 if we could not find a match ? */
1469 /* xgettext:c-format */
1470 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1473 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1475 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1476 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1478 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1480 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1482 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1483 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1486 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1487 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1489 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1491 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1496 /* xgettext:c-format */
1497 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1503 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1507 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1509 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1510 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1514 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1515 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1518 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1520 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1521 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1524 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1526 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1527 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1528 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1530 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1531 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1532 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1533 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1535 /* Copy object attributes. */
1536 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1538 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1541 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1543 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1544 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1547 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1549 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1550 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1551 files. See below for more details. */
1553 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1554 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1557 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1558 fields have already been initialised. */
1559 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1560 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1563 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1564 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1565 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1567 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1569 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1572 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1573 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1574 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1575 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1577 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1578 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1579 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1580 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1581 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1582 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1587 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1590 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1591 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1592 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1593 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1595 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1597 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1600 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1601 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1602 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1604 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1605 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1606 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1607 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1608 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1609 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1610 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1611 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1612 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1613 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1615 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1620 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1622 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1623 with a NULL input section. */
1624 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1633 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1638 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1639 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1640 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1641 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1642 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1643 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1644 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1645 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1646 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1647 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1648 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1649 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1654 /* Print out the program headers. */
1657 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1659 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1660 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1662 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1664 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1669 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1670 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1673 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1678 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1681 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1682 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1683 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1684 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1685 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1686 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1687 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1688 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1689 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1690 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1691 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1692 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1693 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1694 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1695 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1696 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1697 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1702 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1705 unsigned int elfsec
;
1706 unsigned long shlink
;
1707 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1709 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1711 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1713 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1716 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1717 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1719 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1721 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1722 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1725 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1726 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1728 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1729 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1731 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1733 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1734 const char *name
= "";
1736 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1737 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1739 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1741 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1748 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1749 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1751 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1753 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1758 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1760 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1761 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1762 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1763 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1764 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1765 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1766 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1767 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1768 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1769 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1770 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1771 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1772 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1773 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1774 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1775 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1777 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1778 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1779 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1780 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1781 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1782 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1783 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1784 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1785 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1786 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1788 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1789 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1790 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1791 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1792 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1793 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1794 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1795 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1796 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1797 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1798 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1799 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1800 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1801 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1802 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1803 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1804 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1805 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1806 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1807 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1808 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1809 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1810 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1811 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1812 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1813 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1814 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1815 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1818 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1822 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1827 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1829 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1832 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1841 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1842 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1844 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1848 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1850 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1852 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1853 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1855 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1856 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1857 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1858 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1860 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1863 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1867 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1873 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1875 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1877 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1878 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1880 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1882 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1883 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1884 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1885 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1886 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1887 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1898 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1899 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1902 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1904 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1906 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1907 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1908 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1910 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1912 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1913 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1916 version_string
= "";
1917 else if (vernum
== 1
1918 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1919 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1921 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1922 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1924 const char *nodename
1925 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1926 version_string
= "";
1929 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1930 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1931 version_string
= nodename
;
1935 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1937 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1938 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1942 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1944 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1946 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1948 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1955 return version_string
;
1958 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1961 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1964 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1966 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1969 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1970 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1972 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1973 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1974 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1975 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1977 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1979 const char *section_name
;
1980 const char *name
= NULL
;
1981 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1982 unsigned char st_other
;
1984 const char *version_string
;
1987 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1989 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1990 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1991 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1995 name
= symbol
->name
;
1996 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1999 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2000 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2001 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2002 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2003 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2004 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2005 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2007 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2008 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2010 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2011 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2018 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2023 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2024 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2029 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2030 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2035 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2036 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2037 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2039 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2041 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2044 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2050 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2052 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2055 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2057 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2058 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2059 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2061 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2063 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2066 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2067 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2068 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2069 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2072 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2077 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2078 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2079 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2084 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2085 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2088 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2091 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2092 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2093 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2094 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2095 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2096 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2097 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2098 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2099 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2100 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2103 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2104 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2107 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2109 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2110 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2111 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2114 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2115 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2116 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2118 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2123 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2125 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2127 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2129 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2130 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2131 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2132 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2134 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2135 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2139 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2141 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2142 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2144 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2145 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2147 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2155 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2156 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2159 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2164 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2166 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2167 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2168 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2173 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2174 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2175 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2178 /* xgettext:c-format */
2179 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2180 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2184 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2185 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2186 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2187 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2189 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2190 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2191 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2192 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2193 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2195 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2196 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2197 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2201 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2202 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2203 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2205 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2206 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2208 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2209 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2212 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2213 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2215 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2217 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2218 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2223 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2225 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2227 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2228 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2233 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2234 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2238 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2239 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2242 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2247 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2250 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2251 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2252 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2257 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2258 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2259 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2262 /* xgettext:c-format */
2263 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2264 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2268 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2269 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2270 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2271 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2273 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2274 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2275 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2278 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2280 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2282 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2283 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2286 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2289 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2291 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2292 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2293 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2297 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2298 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2301 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2303 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2304 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2308 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2311 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2312 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2316 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2319 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2320 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2321 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2322 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2324 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2329 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2330 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2331 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2332 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2334 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2336 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2337 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2340 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2342 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2345 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2347 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2349 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2350 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2354 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2359 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2361 asection
*target_sect
;
2362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2363 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2364 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2367 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2368 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2371 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2372 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2375 /* xgettext:c-format */
2376 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2377 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2378 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2383 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2384 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2385 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2386 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2387 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2388 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2389 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2391 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2392 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2393 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2394 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2400 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2402 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2403 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2414 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2417 /* Get the symbol table. */
2418 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2419 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2420 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2423 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2424 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2425 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2426 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2427 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2428 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2429 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2430 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2431 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2432 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2433 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2434 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2435 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2436 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2437 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2438 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2440 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2445 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2448 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2449 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2452 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2453 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2454 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2456 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2458 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2459 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2463 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2466 /* xgettext:c-format */
2467 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2468 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2469 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2474 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2479 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2480 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2481 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2482 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2483 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2484 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2485 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2486 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2487 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2489 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2490 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2492 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2496 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2497 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2499 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2502 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2503 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2506 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2508 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2511 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2512 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2514 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2521 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2524 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2530 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2531 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2532 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2534 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2536 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2540 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2541 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2544 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2546 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2547 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2548 for applications? */
2550 /* xgettext:c-format */
2551 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2552 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2555 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2556 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2561 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2562 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2563 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2565 /* xgettext:c-format */
2566 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2567 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2568 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2570 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2571 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2572 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2573 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2574 be rejected with an error message. */
2576 /* xgettext:c-format */
2577 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2578 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2581 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2582 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2587 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2589 /* xgettext:c-format */
2590 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2591 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2603 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2606 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2608 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2610 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2612 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2615 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2616 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2618 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2619 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2620 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2623 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2625 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2628 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2631 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2634 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2638 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2640 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2642 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2645 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2648 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2651 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2655 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2658 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2662 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2663 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2664 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2680 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2683 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2691 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2696 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2699 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2702 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2705 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2710 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2713 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2716 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2719 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2721 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2722 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2724 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2727 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2729 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2730 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2738 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2739 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2740 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2741 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2744 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2747 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2748 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2749 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2750 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2751 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2752 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2755 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2757 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2758 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2759 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2760 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2763 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2765 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2766 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2767 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2768 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2769 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2772 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2774 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2775 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2776 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2778 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2779 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2780 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2781 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2784 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2786 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2788 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2790 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2791 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2792 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2798 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2801 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2802 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2803 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2809 len
= strlen (name
);
2811 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2814 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2816 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2818 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2821 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2822 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2824 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2826 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2828 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2829 && (suffix_len
== -2
2830 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2836 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2838 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2839 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2849 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2850 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2853 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2856 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2857 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2860 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2861 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2864 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2865 bed
->special_sections
,
2871 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2874 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2875 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2878 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2883 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2887 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2889 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2890 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2891 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2893 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2896 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2900 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2903 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2904 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2905 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2907 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2908 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2909 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2912 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2913 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2916 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2919 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2921 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2922 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2923 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2924 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2926 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2927 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2928 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2929 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2930 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2931 of combined data+bss.
2933 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2934 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2935 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2936 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2937 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2942 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2943 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2945 const char *type_name
)
2952 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2954 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2955 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2956 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2958 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2960 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2961 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2962 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2965 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2966 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2967 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2969 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2970 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2971 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2972 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2973 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2974 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2975 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2977 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2978 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2979 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2981 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2983 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2986 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2988 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2992 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2996 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2997 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2998 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
3001 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
3002 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
3003 if (newsect
== NULL
)
3005 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3006 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
3007 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
3008 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
3009 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
3010 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
3011 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
3012 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
3013 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3015 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3016 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3017 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3019 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3020 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3027 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3029 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3030 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3031 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3037 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3039 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3041 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3044 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3047 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3049 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3050 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3054 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3057 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3060 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3062 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3068 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3071 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3073 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3074 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3078 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3081 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3084 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3085 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3086 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3090 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3094 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3096 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3098 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3099 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3102 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3106 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3108 const char *sec_name
,
3109 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3111 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3112 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3116 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3118 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3120 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3126 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3127 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3128 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3132 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3133 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3134 const char *sec_name
,
3135 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3136 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3138 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3139 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3141 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3142 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3143 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3145 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3146 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3147 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3150 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3151 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3152 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3153 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3154 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3155 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3156 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3157 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3158 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3163 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3166 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3168 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3169 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3171 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3174 struct fake_section_arg
3176 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3180 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3183 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3185 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3186 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3187 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3188 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3189 unsigned int sh_type
;
3190 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3191 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3196 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3201 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3205 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3206 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3207 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3211 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3213 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3214 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3215 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3216 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3217 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3220 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3222 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3223 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3225 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3226 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3230 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3231 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3239 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3241 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3242 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3243 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3244 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3245 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3246 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3251 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3256 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3257 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3261 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3263 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3270 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3272 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3273 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3274 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3276 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3278 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3279 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3280 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3281 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3282 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3285 /* xgettext:c-format */
3286 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3287 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3291 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3292 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3293 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3294 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3295 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3296 copy_private_section_data. */
3298 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3299 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3301 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3303 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3304 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3306 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3308 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3309 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3310 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3311 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3312 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3314 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3315 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3316 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3317 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3319 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3320 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3323 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3334 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3335 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3336 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3337 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3341 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3353 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3354 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3358 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3362 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3366 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3367 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3368 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3369 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3371 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3372 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3374 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3375 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3378 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3379 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3380 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3381 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3383 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3386 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3387 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3391 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3395 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3399 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3400 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3401 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3402 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3403 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3404 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3405 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3407 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3408 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3410 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3411 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3412 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3413 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3414 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3416 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3417 if (asect
->size
== 0
3418 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3420 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3422 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3425 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3426 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3427 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3431 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3432 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3434 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3435 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3436 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3437 create the other. */
3438 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3440 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3443 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3444 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3445 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3446 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3448 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3449 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3450 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3455 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3456 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3457 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3463 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3465 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3475 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3476 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3477 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3478 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3484 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3486 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3487 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3488 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3492 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3493 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3494 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3495 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3498 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3500 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3501 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3505 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3507 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3512 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3514 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3516 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3518 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3519 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3523 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3525 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3526 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3531 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3533 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3535 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3537 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3538 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3539 set until all local symbols are output. */
3541 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3542 unsigned long symndx
;
3543 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3544 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3546 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3547 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3548 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3549 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3550 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3551 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3553 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3555 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3557 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3558 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3560 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3565 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3568 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3570 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3573 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3575 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3576 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3577 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3584 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3586 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3587 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3588 start of the input section group. */
3589 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3591 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3592 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3593 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3594 directives, not that it matters. */
3601 s
= s
->output_section
;
3603 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3605 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3606 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3608 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3610 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3611 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3613 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3615 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3617 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3619 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3620 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3622 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3629 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3635 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3637 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3640 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3641 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3642 relocations apply. */
3645 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3647 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3648 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3649 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3650 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3655 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3661 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3664 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3667 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3672 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3674 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3675 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3678 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3679 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3680 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3683 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3686 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3687 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3688 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3691 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3692 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3693 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3694 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3697 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3699 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3701 unsigned int section_number
;
3702 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3703 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3704 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3709 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3711 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3712 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3714 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3716 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3717 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3719 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3721 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3723 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3725 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3726 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3727 abfd
->section_count
--;
3730 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3733 /* Count relocations. */
3734 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3737 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3738 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3739 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3742 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3744 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3746 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3747 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3748 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3749 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3752 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3753 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3754 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3761 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3762 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3763 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3769 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3770 || (link_info
== NULL
3771 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3775 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3776 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3777 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3779 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3781 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3783 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3784 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3785 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3787 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3788 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3789 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3792 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3793 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3796 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3797 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3798 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3800 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3802 /* xgettext:c-format */
3803 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3804 abfd
, section_number
);
3808 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3809 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3811 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3813 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3814 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3815 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3818 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3819 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3820 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3822 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3826 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3828 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3831 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3832 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3834 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3835 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3836 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3837 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3839 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3840 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3843 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3847 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3849 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3850 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3851 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3852 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3853 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3855 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3857 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3858 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3859 the relocation entries apply. */
3860 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3862 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3863 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3864 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3866 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3868 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3869 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3870 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3873 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3874 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3876 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3877 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3878 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3879 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3880 section has been retained for some reason. */
3883 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3884 if (discarded_section (s
))
3888 /* xgettext:c-format */
3889 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3890 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3891 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3892 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3893 size as the discarded one. */
3894 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3897 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3902 /* Handle objcopy. */
3903 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3908 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3909 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3910 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3913 s
= s
->output_section
;
3914 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3918 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3922 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3923 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3924 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3925 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3926 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3927 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3930 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3932 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3935 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3936 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3941 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3942 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3943 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3944 field to point to this section. */
3945 if (startswith (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3946 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3951 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3952 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3955 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3956 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3957 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3961 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3963 /* This is a .stab section. */
3964 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3971 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3972 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3973 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3974 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3976 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3978 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3981 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3982 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3983 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3984 the version strings. */
3985 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3986 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3988 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3993 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3994 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3995 this hash table or version table is for. */
3996 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3998 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
4002 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
4006 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
4007 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
4008 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4014 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4016 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4018 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4019 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4021 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4022 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4023 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4026 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4027 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4028 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4029 the beginning of that array.
4031 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4034 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4035 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4037 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4039 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4041 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4042 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4043 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4045 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4048 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4051 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4053 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4056 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4059 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4064 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4065 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4068 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4070 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4075 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4078 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4079 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4082 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4085 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4086 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4087 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4088 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4089 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4090 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4091 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4092 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4093 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4096 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4097 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4100 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4102 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4103 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4104 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4105 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4106 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4107 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4108 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4109 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4116 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4120 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4122 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4123 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4127 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4128 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4129 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4131 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4132 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4134 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4135 decided to output. */
4136 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4138 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4140 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4142 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4143 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4145 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4147 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4148 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4150 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4154 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4155 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4157 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4159 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4163 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4164 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4165 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4166 at least in that case. */
4167 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4169 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4170 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4171 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4172 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4174 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4181 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4182 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4183 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4184 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4187 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4189 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4192 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4193 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4194 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4195 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4200 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4202 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4204 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4205 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4206 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4210 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4211 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4214 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4216 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4220 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4222 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4226 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4227 ELF data structure. */
4229 static inline file_ptr
4230 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4232 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4235 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4236 required section alignment. */
4239 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4243 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4244 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4245 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4246 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4247 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4248 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4249 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4253 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4254 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4255 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4258 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4259 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4262 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4264 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4265 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4266 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4268 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4271 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4272 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4273 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4275 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4278 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4279 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4280 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4284 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4287 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4288 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4289 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4290 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4294 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4295 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4297 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4302 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4304 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4309 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4310 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4311 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4312 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4313 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4314 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4315 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4316 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4317 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4318 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4319 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4321 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4329 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4331 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4332 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4334 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4336 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4337 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4338 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4339 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4342 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4343 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4345 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4347 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4349 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4350 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4355 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4360 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4361 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4363 static bfd_size_type
4364 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4368 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4370 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4371 and one for data. */
4374 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4375 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4377 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4378 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4379 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4384 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4386 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4390 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4392 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4396 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4398 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4402 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4404 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4408 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4409 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4410 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4412 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4416 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4418 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4419 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4421 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4422 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4424 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4425 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4426 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4427 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4428 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4429 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4430 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4431 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4432 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4433 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4438 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4440 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4442 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4448 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4450 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4451 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4453 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4454 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4455 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4458 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4460 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4461 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4462 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4463 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4465 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4468 /* xgettext:c-format */
4469 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4470 "sh_info field: %d"),
4471 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4474 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4475 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4476 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4481 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4482 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4486 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4492 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4495 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4498 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4500 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4501 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4503 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4509 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4510 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4517 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4519 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4520 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4521 asection
**sections
,
4526 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4531 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4532 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4533 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4537 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4538 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4539 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4540 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4542 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4544 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4545 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4546 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4552 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4555 struct elf_segment_map
*
4556 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4558 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4560 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4561 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4565 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4567 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4572 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4575 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4576 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4577 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4579 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4580 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4582 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4583 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4584 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4585 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4587 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4590 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4592 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4594 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4595 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4596 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4598 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4602 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4604 if (remove_empty_load
4605 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4607 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4614 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4616 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4623 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4624 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4626 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4629 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4633 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4634 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4635 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4637 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4640 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4642 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4646 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4647 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4650 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4651 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4653 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4654 bfd_boolean writable
;
4655 bfd_boolean executable
;
4656 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4657 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4658 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4659 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4661 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4662 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4663 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4665 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4667 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4668 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4669 if (sections
== NULL
)
4672 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4673 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4675 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4676 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4679 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4681 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4683 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4684 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4686 s
->target_index
= i
;
4689 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4690 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4691 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4694 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4697 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4699 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4700 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4701 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4702 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4703 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4706 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4708 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4709 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4711 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4713 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4714 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4715 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4716 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4717 been left for them. */
4718 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4720 /* Build the mapping. */
4724 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4725 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4727 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4728 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4730 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4731 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4735 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4737 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4738 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4739 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4743 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4744 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4748 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4756 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4757 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4758 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4764 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4766 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4769 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4770 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4772 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4773 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4774 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4775 program headers we will need. */
4776 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4778 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4779 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4781 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4783 && info
->separate_code
4784 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4786 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4787 thus not executable, and the first section is
4788 executable then put the file and program headers in
4789 their own PT_LOAD. */
4790 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4791 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4792 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4794 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4795 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4796 previous page if we can. */
4797 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4798 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4800 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4803 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4804 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4805 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4806 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4807 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4808 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4809 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4810 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4812 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4813 else if (separate_phdr
)
4815 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4818 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4820 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4821 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4824 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4828 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4831 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4835 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4838 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4840 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4841 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4842 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4844 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4846 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4847 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4851 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4852 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4854 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4855 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4858 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4859 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4860 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4862 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4863 pages onto the same memory page. */
4864 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4866 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4867 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4868 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4869 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4870 section can be included in the current segment. */
4871 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4872 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4873 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4874 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4876 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4877 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4880 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4881 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4883 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4884 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4885 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4886 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4889 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4891 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4892 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4893 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4894 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4896 else if (info
!= NULL
4897 && info
->separate_code
4898 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4903 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4905 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4911 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4912 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4915 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4916 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4918 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4920 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4926 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4928 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4931 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4932 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4936 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4937 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4939 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4946 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4951 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4957 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4958 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4960 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4963 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4965 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4966 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4967 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4969 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4977 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4980 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4987 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4988 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4989 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4990 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4991 in the output file. */
4992 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4994 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4995 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4998 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
5001 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
5003 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
5004 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5005 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
5006 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
5013 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5014 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5015 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5019 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5023 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5024 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5027 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5028 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5032 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5038 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5039 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5043 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5046 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5047 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5048 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5053 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5054 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5056 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5058 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5060 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5063 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5066 while (i
< tls_count
)
5068 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5070 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5074 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5089 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5090 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5091 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5092 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5093 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5095 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5096 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5097 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5099 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5102 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5103 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5107 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5108 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5110 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5112 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5118 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5119 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5120 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5122 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5123 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5127 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5129 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5136 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5138 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5139 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5140 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5142 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5143 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5147 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5149 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5155 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5157 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5158 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5162 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5163 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5164 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5165 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5166 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5167 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5169 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5170 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5177 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5179 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5181 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5183 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5184 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5187 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5189 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5190 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5191 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5195 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5200 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5203 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5204 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5208 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5215 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5218 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5221 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5223 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5232 /* Sort sections by address. */
5235 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5237 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5238 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5239 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5241 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5242 place the section into a segment. */
5243 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5245 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5248 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5249 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5250 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5252 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5255 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5257 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5265 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5270 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5271 before others at the same address. */
5273 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5274 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5281 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5284 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5285 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5288 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5290 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5291 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5293 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5295 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5297 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5299 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5301 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5302 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5303 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5304 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5305 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5307 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5309 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5311 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5313 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5315 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5318 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5320 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5322 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5324 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5327 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5329 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5330 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5334 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5336 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5337 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5338 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5339 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5340 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5343 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5344 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5346 /* In other words, something like:
5348 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5349 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5350 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5351 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5353 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5355 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5358 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5360 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5361 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5363 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5367 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5370 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5375 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5376 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5377 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5378 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5379 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5380 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5382 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5383 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5387 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5388 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5389 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5395 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5400 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5402 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5405 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5410 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5411 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5415 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5416 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5418 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5419 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5420 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5421 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5422 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5423 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5424 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5425 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5427 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5428 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5430 if (link_info
== NULL
5431 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5435 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5440 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5441 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5445 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5446 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5447 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5450 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5452 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5455 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5459 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5460 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5461 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5462 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5467 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5471 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5472 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5473 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5474 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5475 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5477 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5478 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5479 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5480 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5481 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5482 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5483 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5487 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5489 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5490 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5491 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5492 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5493 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5494 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5496 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5497 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5499 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5500 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5501 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5506 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5510 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5512 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5513 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5515 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5518 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5519 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5520 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5521 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5522 position after the ELF file header. */
5523 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5524 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5526 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5527 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5529 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5535 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5536 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5538 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5541 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5542 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5544 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5545 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5546 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5547 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5548 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5549 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5551 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5552 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5555 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5557 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5559 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5560 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5561 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5564 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5566 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5567 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5569 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5570 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5571 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5572 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5573 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5574 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5575 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5577 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5578 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5580 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5582 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5583 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5584 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5585 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5587 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5589 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5591 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5594 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5596 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5599 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5600 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5602 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5606 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5608 unsigned int secalign
;
5610 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5611 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5612 align_power
= secalign
;
5614 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5615 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5616 align
= maxpagesize
;
5619 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5620 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5621 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5622 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5623 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5624 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5626 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5629 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5630 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5632 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5636 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5638 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5639 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5642 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5643 && bed
->no_page_alias
5644 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5645 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5646 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5647 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5651 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5652 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5653 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5654 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5655 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5656 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5657 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5658 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5663 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5664 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5665 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5667 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5670 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5671 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5676 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5677 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5678 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5679 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5681 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5683 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5685 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5686 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5687 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5691 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5692 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5693 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5696 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5697 " try linking with -N"),
5699 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5703 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5707 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5709 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5710 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5711 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5712 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5716 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5718 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5720 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5721 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5722 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5724 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5726 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5729 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5730 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5731 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5734 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5736 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5737 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5738 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5739 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5740 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5741 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5742 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5743 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5746 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5750 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5751 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5753 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5758 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5759 without file contents somewhere within the first
5760 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5761 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5762 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5766 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5771 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5773 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5775 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5776 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5780 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5781 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5782 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5783 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5784 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5785 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5788 bfd_size_type align
;
5789 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5792 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5793 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5795 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5796 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5797 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5798 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5799 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5800 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5802 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5803 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5804 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5805 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5809 || p_end
< p_start
))
5812 /* xgettext:c-format */
5813 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5814 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5815 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5817 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5819 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5821 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5823 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5826 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5828 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5829 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5831 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5832 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5836 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5837 as would seem proper for their address when the
5838 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5839 doesn't really have any significance for
5840 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5841 relative to other sections. Historically we
5842 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5843 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5844 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5845 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5848 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5849 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5852 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5853 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5856 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5858 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5862 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5863 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5864 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5870 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5879 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5881 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5882 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5883 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5885 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5886 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5887 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5889 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5890 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5891 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5892 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5893 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5894 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5896 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5898 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5901 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5903 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5904 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5905 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5906 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5907 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5908 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5910 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5912 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5913 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5915 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5917 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5918 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5921 if (align
> p
->p_align
5922 && !m
->p_align_valid
5923 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5924 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5928 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5931 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5933 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5940 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5941 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5942 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5943 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5944 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5945 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5947 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5948 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5949 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5950 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5951 " by LOAD segment"),
5953 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5955 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5956 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5957 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5960 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5961 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5962 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5964 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5966 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5967 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5968 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5969 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5970 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5971 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5973 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5978 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5980 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5983 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5984 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5985 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5986 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5989 /* xgettext:c-format */
5990 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5992 print_segment_map (m
);
5998 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6000 if (link_info
!= NULL
6001 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
6002 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
6004 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
6005 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
6006 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
6008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
6009 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
6010 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
6011 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
6013 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
6014 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6015 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6016 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6019 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6021 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6022 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6023 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6025 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6026 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6027 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6035 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6036 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6040 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6041 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6044 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6045 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6053 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6054 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6055 use heuristics instead. */
6058 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6060 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6065 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6067 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6071 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6072 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6073 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6074 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6075 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6082 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6083 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6086 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6087 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6089 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6090 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6092 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6093 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6094 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6096 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6097 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6099 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6100 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6102 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6103 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6104 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6105 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6106 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6108 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6111 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6112 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6113 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6114 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6115 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6116 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6118 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6119 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6120 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6121 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6122 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6123 so do not warn about them. */
6124 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6126 /* xgettext:c-format */
6127 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6129 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6131 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6132 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6133 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6134 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6137 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6139 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6142 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6143 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6144 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6145 not been decided. */
6146 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6147 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6148 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6149 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6150 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6151 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6152 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6153 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6154 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6155 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6157 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6159 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6161 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6162 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6163 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6164 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6166 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6168 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6171 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6173 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6174 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6175 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6176 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6177 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6179 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6181 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6183 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6184 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6195 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6196 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6199 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6201 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6203 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6205 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6207 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6208 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6209 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6211 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6217 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6218 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6220 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6229 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6230 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6231 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6232 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6233 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6235 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6236 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6237 In cases where the end does not match any
6238 loaded section (for instance is in file
6239 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6240 the end of loaded section contents. */
6241 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6242 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6244 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6245 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6246 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6247 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6248 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6250 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6252 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6258 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6261 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6263 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6265 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6266 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6268 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6272 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6273 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6274 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6276 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6277 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6278 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6284 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6286 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6288 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6289 "and/or program header"),
6290 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6295 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6296 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6298 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6299 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6300 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6302 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6314 static elf_section_list
*
6315 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6317 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6323 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6324 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6325 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6327 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6328 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6329 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6330 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6331 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6332 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6333 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6334 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6336 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6339 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6340 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6342 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6343 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6347 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6348 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6351 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6352 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6356 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6357 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6359 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6360 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6361 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6362 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6367 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6368 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6369 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6371 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6372 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6373 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6374 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6375 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6376 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6377 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6378 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6379 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6381 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6384 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6387 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6388 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6392 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6393 assignment of sections to segments. */
6394 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6397 /* And for non-load sections. */
6398 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6402 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6405 /* Write out the program headers. */
6406 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6409 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6410 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6418 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6419 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6421 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6422 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6423 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6425 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6427 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6428 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6431 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6435 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6436 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6438 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6439 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6440 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6441 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6443 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6444 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6445 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6446 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6447 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6448 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6450 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6452 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6454 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6455 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6458 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6459 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6460 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6461 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6462 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6463 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6464 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6465 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6467 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6471 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6473 /* No program header, for now. */
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6476 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6478 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6479 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6480 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6482 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6483 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6485 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6486 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6487 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6488 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6489 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6490 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6496 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6498 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6499 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6500 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6501 changed or the programs updated. */
6504 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6506 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6508 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6509 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6510 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6511 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6512 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6514 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6515 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6516 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6517 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6518 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6520 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6521 segments is non-zero. */
6523 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6528 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6529 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6532 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6537 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6538 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6540 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6542 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6543 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6544 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6547 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6549 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6550 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6551 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6552 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6555 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6557 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6559 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6560 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6562 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6563 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6567 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6568 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6570 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6571 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6573 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6574 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6578 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6579 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6582 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6584 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6586 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6588 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6593 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6598 /* Update section size and contents. */
6599 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6600 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6601 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6605 /* Update section size and contents. */
6606 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6607 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6610 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6617 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6619 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6620 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6621 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6622 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6624 /* Place the section headers. */
6625 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6626 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6627 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6628 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6629 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6630 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6636 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6638 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6641 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6642 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6644 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6645 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6647 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6648 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6649 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6650 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6652 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6653 already been written to the BFD. */
6654 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6656 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6660 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6663 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6667 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6670 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6671 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6672 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6674 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6675 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6676 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6677 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6678 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6680 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6682 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6684 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6685 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6690 /* Write out the section header names. */
6691 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6692 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6693 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6694 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6697 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6700 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6703 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6704 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6705 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6711 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6713 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6714 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6717 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6720 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6723 unsigned int sec_index
;
6725 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6726 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6727 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6729 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6730 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6731 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6732 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6733 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6734 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6736 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6738 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6739 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6741 int retval
= sec_index
;
6743 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6747 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6753 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6757 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6759 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6761 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6763 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6764 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6765 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6766 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6767 input sections rather than the output section. */
6768 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6769 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6770 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6775 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6776 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6777 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6778 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6779 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6780 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6781 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6784 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6788 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6789 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6791 /* xgettext:c-format */
6792 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6793 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6794 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6801 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6802 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6810 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6813 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6815 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6816 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6817 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6818 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6819 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6822 unsigned int num_segments
;
6823 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6824 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6825 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6826 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6827 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6828 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6830 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6831 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6834 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6836 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6838 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6839 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6840 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6841 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6843 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6844 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6845 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6846 ? section->size : 0)
6848 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6849 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6850 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6851 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6852 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6853 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6855 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6856 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6857 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6858 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6859 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6860 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6861 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6863 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6864 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6865 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6866 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6867 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6868 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6869 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6871 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6873 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6875 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6879 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6880 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6881 p_memsz set to 0. */
6882 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6884 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6885 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6886 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6887 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6889 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6890 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6891 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6893 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6894 A section will be included if:
6895 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6896 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6897 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6899 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6900 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6901 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6902 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6903 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6904 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6905 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6906 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6907 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6908 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6909 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6910 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6911 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6912 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6913 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6914 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6915 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6916 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6917 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6918 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6919 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6920 || (segment->p_paddr \
6921 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6922 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6923 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6924 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6926 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6927 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6928 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6929 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6930 && section->output_section != NULL)
6932 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6933 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6934 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6936 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6937 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6938 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6939 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6940 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6942 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6943 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6944 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6945 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6946 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6948 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6949 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6950 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6952 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6953 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6954 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6955 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6956 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6957 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6960 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6962 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6966 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6967 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6968 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6969 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6970 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6975 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6977 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6978 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6979 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6981 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6982 assignment code will work. */
6983 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6987 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6989 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6990 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6991 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6995 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6996 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6998 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
7000 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7001 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7004 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7005 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7007 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7009 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7010 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7012 if (extra_length
> 0)
7014 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7015 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7018 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7020 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7022 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7027 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7029 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7030 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7032 if (extra_length
> 0)
7034 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7035 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7038 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7043 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7044 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7048 unsigned int section_count
;
7049 asection
**sections
;
7050 asection
*output_section
;
7052 asection
*matching_lma
;
7053 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7056 asection
*first_section
;
7058 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7061 first_section
= NULL
;
7062 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7063 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7065 section
= section
->next
)
7067 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7068 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7069 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7071 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7072 first_section
= section
;
7073 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7078 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7079 all of the sections we have selected. */
7080 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7081 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7082 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7086 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7087 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7089 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7090 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7091 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7093 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7094 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7096 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7098 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7099 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7100 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7101 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7104 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7105 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7107 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7109 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7110 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7113 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7114 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7115 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7116 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7117 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7119 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7121 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7122 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7123 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7124 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7125 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7127 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7128 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7131 if (section_count
== 0)
7133 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7134 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7135 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7136 a warning is produced.
7137 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7138 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7139 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7140 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7141 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7142 /* xgettext:c-format */
7144 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7145 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7146 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7148 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7150 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7151 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7156 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7157 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7158 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7159 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7161 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7162 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7165 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7166 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7167 of the first section.
7169 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7170 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7171 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7172 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7173 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7175 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7176 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7177 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7178 or segments to contain the other sections.
7180 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7181 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7182 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7184 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7185 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7186 if (sections
== NULL
)
7189 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7190 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7191 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7192 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7193 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7196 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7197 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7199 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7201 section
= section
->next
)
7203 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7205 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7207 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7209 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7210 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7211 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7212 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7214 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7215 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7217 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7218 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7219 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7220 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7221 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7222 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7224 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7225 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7226 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7228 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7229 LMA address of the output section. */
7230 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7232 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7233 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7234 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7236 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7237 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7238 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7240 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7241 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7243 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7245 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7246 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7248 if (j
== section_count
)
7253 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7255 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7257 if (isec
== section_count
)
7259 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7260 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7261 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7262 program header in the input BFD. */
7263 map
->count
= section_count
;
7264 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7265 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7268 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7270 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7271 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7272 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7273 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7274 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7276 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7278 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7279 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7287 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7288 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7289 section fitted, the first section. */
7290 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7291 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7293 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7295 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7296 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7297 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7299 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7301 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7302 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7303 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7304 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7305 offset when we know the correct value. */
7306 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7307 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7310 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7312 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7313 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7314 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7315 first section lma, but there may have been some
7316 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7317 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7318 the same alignment. */
7319 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7320 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7321 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7325 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7326 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7327 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7328 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7329 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7330 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7336 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7338 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7339 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7341 section
= sections
[j
];
7343 if (section
== NULL
)
7346 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7348 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7350 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7352 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7354 if (map
->count
== 0)
7356 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7357 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7359 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7360 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7361 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7362 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7363 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7365 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7366 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7373 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7375 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7376 and the start of this section is more than
7377 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7378 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7380 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7381 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7382 > output_section
->lma
))
7384 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7385 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7391 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7394 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7395 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7397 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7398 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7401 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7402 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7403 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7404 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7405 So allow a count of zero. */
7407 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7408 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7409 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7411 if (isec
< section_count
)
7413 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7414 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7415 and carry on looping. */
7416 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7417 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7418 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7425 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7426 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7427 not yet been assigned. */
7429 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7430 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7431 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7432 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7433 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7434 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7435 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7440 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7444 while (isec
< section_count
);
7449 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7451 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7452 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7453 the offset if necessary. */
7454 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7458 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7461 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7462 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7463 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7465 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7466 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7469 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7470 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7477 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7478 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7480 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7481 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7482 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7483 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7484 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7485 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7489 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7492 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7494 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7495 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7496 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7497 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7498 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7500 unsigned int num_segments
;
7501 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7502 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7503 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7505 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7508 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7510 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7511 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7512 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7513 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7514 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7517 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7519 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7523 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7528 unsigned int section_count
;
7530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7531 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7532 asection
*lowest_section
;
7534 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7535 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7537 section
= section
->next
)
7539 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7540 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7542 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7543 first_section
= section
;
7548 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7549 all of the sections we have selected. */
7550 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7551 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7552 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7556 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7559 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7560 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7561 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7562 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7563 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7564 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7565 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7566 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7568 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7569 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7571 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7572 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7573 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7574 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7575 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7577 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7578 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7581 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7582 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7583 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7584 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7586 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7587 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7589 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7590 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7591 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7592 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7593 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7595 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7596 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7599 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7600 if (section_count
!= 0)
7602 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7604 for (section
= first_section
;
7606 section
= section
->next
)
7608 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7609 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7611 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7612 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7616 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7617 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7618 lowest_section
= section
;
7620 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7621 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7622 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7623 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7625 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7626 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7628 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7629 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7630 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7632 if (isec
== section_count
)
7638 if (section_count
== 0)
7639 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7640 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7642 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7643 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7644 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7645 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7646 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7647 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7649 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7650 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7653 map
->count
= section_count
;
7654 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7655 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7658 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7662 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7666 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7668 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7670 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7671 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7674 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7677 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7679 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7680 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7681 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7682 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7683 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7687 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7689 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7690 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7693 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7694 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7695 section
= section
->next
)
7696 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7698 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7699 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7703 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7704 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7705 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7706 map in this case. */
7707 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7708 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7709 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7712 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7713 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7715 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7716 from the input BFD. */
7717 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7719 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7721 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7722 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7723 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7725 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7726 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7728 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7729 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7730 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7731 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7732 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7733 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7739 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7741 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7742 section
= section
->next
)
7744 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7747 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7750 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7755 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7757 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7758 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7759 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7761 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7763 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7766 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7767 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7769 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7770 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7771 /* xgettext:c-format */
7772 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7773 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7774 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7776 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7779 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7780 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7782 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7785 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7788 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7792 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7795 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7796 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7797 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7799 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7800 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7803 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7805 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7806 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7807 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7808 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7809 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7810 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7811 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7812 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7813 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7814 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7815 are different the user may be doing something like
7816 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7817 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7818 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7819 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7821 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7822 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7823 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7825 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7826 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7827 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7829 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7830 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7831 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7832 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7833 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7835 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7836 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7837 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7838 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7839 if ((link_info
== NULL
7840 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7841 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7842 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7844 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7845 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7846 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7847 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7850 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7851 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7852 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7855 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7857 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7858 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7859 may be NULL at this point. */
7860 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7862 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7863 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7864 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7867 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7872 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7873 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7876 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7881 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7883 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7884 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7887 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7888 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7890 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7892 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7893 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7894 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7895 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7896 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7898 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7902 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7903 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7904 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7905 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7906 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7910 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7914 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7915 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7917 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7918 asection
*s
= first
;
7919 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7923 /* If this member section is being output but the
7924 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7925 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7926 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7927 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7929 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7930 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7934 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7935 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7936 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7938 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7939 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7942 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7943 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7945 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7946 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7951 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7953 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7954 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7956 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7957 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7961 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7967 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7969 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7970 adjust the input section size. */
7971 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7972 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7973 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7974 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7977 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7982 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7984 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7985 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7987 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7988 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7997 /* Copy private header information. */
8000 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8002 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8003 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8006 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8007 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8008 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8009 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8010 already been worked out. */
8011 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8013 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8017 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8020 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8021 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8022 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8023 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8024 swap_out_syms function. */
8026 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8027 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8028 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8029 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8030 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8033 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8038 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8040 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8041 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8044 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8045 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8048 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8050 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8054 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8055 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8056 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8057 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8058 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8059 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8061 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8062 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8063 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8064 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8065 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8071 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8074 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8075 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8077 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8079 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8080 unsigned int symcount
;
8082 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8083 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8085 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8086 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8087 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8088 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8089 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8090 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8092 unsigned int num_locals
;
8094 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8096 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8099 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8100 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8104 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8105 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8106 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8107 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8108 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8109 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8110 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8111 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8113 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8114 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8116 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8117 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8118 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8121 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8125 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8126 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8129 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8132 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8135 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8136 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8138 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8139 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8141 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8143 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8144 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8146 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8147 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8149 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8150 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8153 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8154 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8155 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8156 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8157 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8159 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8162 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8164 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8165 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8171 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8172 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8173 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8174 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8175 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8176 outbound_syms_index
++;
8177 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8178 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8182 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8183 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8185 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8186 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8188 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8189 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8190 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8191 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8194 if (!name_local_sections
8195 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8197 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8198 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8202 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8203 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8205 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8207 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8211 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8213 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8214 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8216 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8217 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8218 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8219 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8220 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8221 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8222 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8224 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8225 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8226 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8230 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8233 if (sec
->output_section
)
8235 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8236 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8239 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8240 if (! relocatable_p
)
8242 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8243 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8245 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8247 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8249 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8250 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8251 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8252 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8256 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8259 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8262 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8265 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8268 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8269 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8276 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8278 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8279 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8280 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8284 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8285 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8286 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8295 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8297 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8301 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8302 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8303 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8304 demand of applications. For example, it
8305 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8306 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8307 actually in the output file. */
8308 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8310 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8311 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8313 /* xgettext:c-format */
8315 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8316 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8317 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8325 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8328 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8330 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8331 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8332 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8334 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8336 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8338 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8343 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8346 /* Processor-specific types. */
8347 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8348 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8349 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8350 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8352 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8354 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8355 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8357 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8359 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8361 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8363 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8364 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8365 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8367 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8368 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8370 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8372 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8373 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8377 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8378 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8381 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8383 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8385 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8386 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8387 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8389 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8392 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8395 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8397 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8398 sym
.st_target_internal
8399 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8404 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8408 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8409 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8410 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8412 outbound_syms_index
++;
8413 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8414 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8417 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8418 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8420 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8421 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8423 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8424 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8425 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8427 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8428 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8429 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8430 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8433 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8435 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8437 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8438 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8440 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8441 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8446 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8447 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8448 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8449 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8450 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8451 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8452 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8453 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8458 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8460 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8461 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8462 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8465 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8467 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8469 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8471 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8472 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8477 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8479 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8480 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8482 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8484 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8495 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8497 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8499 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8501 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8507 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8508 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8513 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8515 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8516 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8518 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8520 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8522 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8531 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8533 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8535 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8536 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8538 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8539 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8541 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8548 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8549 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8555 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8558 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8561 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8568 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8570 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8573 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8574 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8575 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8579 return section
->reloc_count
;
8583 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8586 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8589 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8594 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8595 asymbol
**allocation
)
8597 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8598 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8601 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8605 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8606 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8607 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8608 dynamic reloc section. */
8611 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8613 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8616 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8624 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8625 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8626 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8627 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8629 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8630 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8632 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8635 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8636 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8642 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8644 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8645 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8646 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8652 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8655 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8656 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8657 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8658 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8659 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8660 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8661 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8664 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8668 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8672 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8678 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8680 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8682 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8683 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8684 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8689 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8691 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8693 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8704 /* Read in the version information. */
8707 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8709 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8710 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8713 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8715 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8716 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8717 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8719 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8721 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8723 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8724 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8726 error_return_bad_verref
:
8728 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8730 error_return_verref
:
8731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8736 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8737 goto error_return_verref
;
8738 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8739 if (contents
== NULL
)
8740 goto error_return_verref
;
8742 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8745 goto error_return_verref
;
8747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8748 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8749 goto error_return_verref
;
8751 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8752 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8753 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8754 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8755 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8756 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8758 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8759 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8762 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8764 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8766 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8767 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8769 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8770 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8772 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8773 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8776 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8777 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8780 goto error_return_verref
;
8782 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8783 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8784 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8785 goto error_return_verref
;
8788 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8789 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8790 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8792 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8793 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8794 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8795 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8797 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8799 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8800 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8801 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8802 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8803 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8805 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8806 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8808 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8809 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8811 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8814 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8815 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8817 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8818 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8819 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8821 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8822 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8825 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8826 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8828 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8829 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8831 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8832 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8833 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8835 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8836 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8838 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8844 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8846 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8847 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8848 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8849 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8850 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8852 unsigned int maxidx
;
8853 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8855 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8857 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8859 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8861 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8863 error_return_verdef
:
8864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8869 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8870 goto error_return_verdef
;
8871 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8872 if (contents
== NULL
)
8873 goto error_return_verdef
;
8875 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8876 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8877 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8878 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8879 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8880 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8882 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8883 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8885 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8887 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8889 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8891 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8892 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8893 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8894 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8896 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8899 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8900 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8901 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8903 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8904 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8907 if (default_imported_symver
)
8909 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8914 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8917 goto error_return_verdef
;
8919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8920 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8921 goto error_return_verdef
;
8923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8925 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8926 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8927 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8929 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8930 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8933 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8935 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8936 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8938 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8939 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8941 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8943 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8944 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8947 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8948 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8950 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8951 goto error_return_verdef
;
8953 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8954 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8955 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8956 goto error_return_verdef
;
8960 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8961 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8963 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8964 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8965 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8966 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8968 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8970 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8971 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8972 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8973 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8974 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8976 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8977 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8979 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8982 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8983 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8985 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8986 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8987 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8989 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8990 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8993 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8994 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8995 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8997 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8998 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
9000 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
9001 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
9003 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
9004 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
9010 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9017 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9022 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9023 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9029 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9030 if (default_imported_symver
)
9032 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9033 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9035 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9037 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9038 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9039 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9040 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9042 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9044 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9045 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9046 goto error_return_verdef
;
9047 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9048 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9049 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9050 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9051 goto error_return_verdef
;
9053 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9054 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9065 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9067 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9069 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9072 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9073 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9077 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9081 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9084 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9085 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9089 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9092 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9093 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9096 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9097 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9098 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9101 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9102 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9103 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9104 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9105 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9106 we treat such symbols as local. */
9107 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9110 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9111 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9112 These labels have the form:
9114 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9116 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9118 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9119 so we only need to match the rest. */
9120 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9122 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9126 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9128 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9130 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9131 /* A fake symbol. */
9134 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9135 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9136 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9137 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9138 other than some kind of local ? */
9155 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9156 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9163 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9164 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9165 unsigned long machine
)
9167 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9168 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9169 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9170 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9171 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9174 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9177 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9178 for error reporting. */
9181 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9185 const char **filename_ptr
,
9186 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9187 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9188 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9192 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9193 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9194 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9195 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9196 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9199 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9200 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9202 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9203 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9204 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9209 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9210 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9211 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9212 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9214 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9217 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9220 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9221 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9228 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9231 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9232 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9234 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9235 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9236 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9237 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9240 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9241 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9242 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9243 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9244 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9247 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9248 const char **filename_ptr
,
9249 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9250 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9253 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9254 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9255 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9260 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9262 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9263 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9265 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9267 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9269 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9271 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9274 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9275 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9278 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9281 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9289 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9291 const void *location
,
9293 bfd_size_type count
)
9295 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9298 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9299 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9305 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9306 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9308 unsigned char *contents
;
9310 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9311 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9315 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9318 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9320 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9324 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9327 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9330 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9334 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9335 if (contents
== NULL
)
9338 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9341 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9345 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9349 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9350 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9351 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9358 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9359 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9360 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9366 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9369 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9371 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9373 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9375 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9376 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9378 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9379 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9381 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9383 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9386 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9389 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9392 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9395 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9398 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9401 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9407 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9409 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9411 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9412 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9414 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9419 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9425 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9428 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9431 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9434 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9437 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9443 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9447 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9455 /* xgettext:c-format */
9456 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9457 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9458 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9463 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9465 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9467 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9468 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9470 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9471 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9472 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9475 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9478 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9479 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9480 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9483 bfd_reloc_status_type
9484 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9485 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9486 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9487 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9488 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9490 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9493 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9494 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9495 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9496 out details about the corefile. */
9498 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9499 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9502 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9503 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9506 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9510 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9512 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9517 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9518 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9519 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9523 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9527 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9530 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9534 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9535 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9536 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9540 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9541 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9542 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9543 such a section already exists.
9544 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9545 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9546 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9548 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9554 char *threaded_name
;
9558 /* Build the section name. */
9560 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9561 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9562 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9563 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9565 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9567 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9572 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9573 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9575 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9579 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9582 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9588 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9589 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9590 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9595 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9597 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9601 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9604 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9609 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9613 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9614 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9615 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9617 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9618 has already been set by another thread. */
9619 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9621 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9622 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9624 /* pr_who exists on:
9627 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9630 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9633 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9636 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9637 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9639 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9640 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9642 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9643 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9644 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9646 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9647 has already been set by another thread. */
9648 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9650 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9651 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9653 /* pr_who exists on:
9656 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9659 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9660 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9665 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9668 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9669 note size (ie. data object type). */
9673 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9674 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9675 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9677 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9679 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9681 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9683 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9685 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9686 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9689 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9690 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9691 data structure apart. */
9694 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9696 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9699 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9700 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9704 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9706 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9709 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9710 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9711 contents literally. */
9714 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9716 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9720 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9722 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9726 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9728 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9732 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9734 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9738 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9744 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9746 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9750 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9752 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9756 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9758 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9762 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9764 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9768 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9770 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9774 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9776 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9780 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9782 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9786 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9788 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9792 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9794 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9798 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9800 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9804 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9806 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9810 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9812 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9816 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9818 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9822 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9824 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9828 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9830 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9834 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9836 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9840 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9842 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9846 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9848 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9852 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9854 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9858 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9860 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9864 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9866 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9870 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9872 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9876 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9878 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9882 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9884 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9888 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9890 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9894 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9896 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9900 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9906 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9908 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9912 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9914 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9918 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9920 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9924 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9929 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
9930 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9933 elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9935 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-riscv-csr", note
);
9938 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
9939 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9942 elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".gdb-tdesc", note
);
9947 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9948 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9949 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9950 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9954 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9955 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9956 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9957 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9961 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9962 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9963 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9966 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9969 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9977 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9981 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9987 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9989 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9991 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9993 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9995 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9997 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9998 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10000 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10001 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10002 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10004 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10005 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10006 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10008 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10009 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
10011 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10012 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
10014 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10016 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
10017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10019 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10020 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10021 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10023 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10024 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10025 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10031 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10032 note size (ie. data object type). */
10036 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10037 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10038 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10041 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10042 int n
= strlen (command
);
10044 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10045 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10050 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10052 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10054 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10056 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10057 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10058 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10064 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10066 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10068 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10069 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10071 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10074 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10076 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10079 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10080 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10081 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10085 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10087 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10089 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10091 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10097 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10098 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10099 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10104 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10106 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10107 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10109 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10110 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10112 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10114 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10115 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10116 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10119 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10121 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10125 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10126 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10127 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10128 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10131 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10132 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10133 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10136 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10138 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10141 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10143 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10144 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10145 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10148 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10150 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10154 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10155 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10156 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10157 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10160 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10161 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10162 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10165 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10167 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10169 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10171 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10172 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10173 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10174 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10175 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10176 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10179 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10184 unsigned int name_size
;
10187 int is_active_thread
;
10190 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10193 if (! startswith (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10196 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10200 const char *type_name
;
10201 unsigned long min_size
;
10204 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10205 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10206 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10207 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10210 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10213 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10215 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10216 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10222 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10223 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10224 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10225 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10228 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10229 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10231 /* thread_info.tid */
10232 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10234 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10235 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10239 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10241 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10245 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10246 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10247 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10248 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10249 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10251 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10252 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10254 if (is_active_thread
)
10255 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10259 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10260 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10261 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10262 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10264 /* module_info.base_address */
10265 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10266 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10267 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10268 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10270 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10272 /* module_info.base_address */
10273 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10274 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10275 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10276 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10279 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10280 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10284 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10286 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10291 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10293 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10294 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10298 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10299 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10300 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10311 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10315 switch (note
->type
)
10321 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10322 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10324 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10325 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10330 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10332 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10335 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10337 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10340 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10341 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10343 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10344 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10346 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10347 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10348 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10349 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10353 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10354 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10355 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10356 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10361 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10362 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10363 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10368 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10369 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10370 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10375 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10376 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10377 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10382 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10383 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10384 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10389 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10390 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10391 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10396 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10397 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10398 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10403 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10404 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10405 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10409 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10410 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10411 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10412 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10416 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10417 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10418 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10419 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10423 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10424 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10425 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10426 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10430 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10431 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10432 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10433 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10437 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10438 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10439 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10440 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10444 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10445 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10446 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10447 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10451 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10452 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10453 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10454 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10458 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10459 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10460 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10461 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10465 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10466 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10467 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10468 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10472 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10473 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10474 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10475 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10479 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10480 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10481 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10482 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10486 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10487 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10488 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10489 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10494 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10495 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10496 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10500 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10501 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10502 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10503 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10507 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10508 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10509 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10510 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10514 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10515 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10516 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10517 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10522 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10523 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10524 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10528 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10529 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10530 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10531 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10535 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10536 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10537 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10538 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10542 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10543 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10544 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10545 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10549 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10550 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10551 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10552 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10557 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10558 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10559 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10564 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10565 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10566 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10571 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10572 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10573 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10577 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10578 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10579 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10580 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10584 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10585 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10586 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10587 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10592 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10593 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10594 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10598 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10599 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10600 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10601 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10606 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10607 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10608 return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, note
);
10613 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10614 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10615 return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd
, note
);
10621 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10622 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10624 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10625 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10631 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10634 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10638 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10645 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10647 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10649 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10652 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10653 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10656 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10657 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10658 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10664 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10666 switch (note
->type
)
10671 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10672 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10674 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10675 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10680 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10682 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10683 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10684 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10686 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10687 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10688 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10690 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10696 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10698 switch (note
->type
)
10701 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10709 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10713 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10716 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10721 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10729 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10730 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10735 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10736 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10740 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10744 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10746 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10749 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10751 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10754 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10757 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10758 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10761 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10762 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10768 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10774 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10775 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10776 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10780 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10784 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10785 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10792 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10795 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10796 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10799 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10800 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10801 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10803 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10808 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10812 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10815 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10816 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10818 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10821 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10822 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10823 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10826 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10827 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10830 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10831 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10834 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10835 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10836 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10840 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10842 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10844 switch (note
->type
)
10847 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10848 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10850 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10853 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10856 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10858 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10859 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10860 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10864 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10865 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10868 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10869 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10872 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10873 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10876 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10877 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10879 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10880 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10881 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10885 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10886 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10890 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10898 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10902 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10905 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10912 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10914 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10917 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10919 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10921 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10922 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10923 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10925 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10926 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10927 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10929 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10934 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10938 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10939 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10941 switch (note
->type
)
10943 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10944 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10945 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10946 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10947 creates a core file. */
10948 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10949 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10950 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10951 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10952 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10954 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10955 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10956 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10957 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10964 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10965 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10966 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10969 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10973 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10975 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10976 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10978 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10979 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10980 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10981 switch (note
->type
)
10983 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10984 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10986 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10987 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10993 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10994 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10995 structure which lacks GBR. */
10998 switch (note
->type
)
11000 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11001 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11003 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
11004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11010 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
11011 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
11014 switch (note
->type
)
11016 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
11017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11019 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11020 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11030 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11032 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
11035 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11036 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11037 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11039 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
11040 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11041 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
11043 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11044 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11045 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11051 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11053 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11054 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11056 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11059 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11060 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11062 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11063 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11065 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11066 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11068 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11070 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11075 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11076 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11077 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11086 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11088 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11095 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11098 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11099 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11101 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11102 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11104 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11105 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11107 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11108 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11110 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11111 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11114 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11115 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11116 thread just in case. */
11117 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11118 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11120 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11121 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11123 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11126 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11128 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11132 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11133 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11134 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11136 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11140 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11141 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11149 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11150 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11152 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11155 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11157 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11161 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11162 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11163 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11165 /* This is the current thread. */
11166 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11167 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11172 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11173 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11174 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11175 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11178 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11180 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11181 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11183 static long tid
= 1;
11185 switch (note
->type
)
11187 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11188 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11189 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11190 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11191 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11192 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11193 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11194 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11201 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11207 /* Use note name as section name. */
11208 len
= note
->namesz
;
11209 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11212 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11213 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11215 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11219 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11220 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11221 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11226 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11229 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11233 size of data for note
11235 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11236 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11237 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11238 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11241 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11244 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11252 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11259 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11261 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11263 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11266 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11267 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11268 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11269 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11270 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11271 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11275 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11283 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11293 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11294 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11295 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11296 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11297 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11298 be NULL terminated.
11299 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11300 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11301 the finer control available with later versions.
11302 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11303 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11304 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11305 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11306 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11307 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11308 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11311 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11315 const char *psargs
)
11317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11319 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11322 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11323 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11328 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11329 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11330 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11332 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11334 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11337 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11340 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11341 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11342 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11344 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11349 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11351 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11354 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11357 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11358 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11359 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11360 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11361 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11363 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11368 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11369 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11373 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11374 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11375 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11377 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11379 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11381 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11382 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11383 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11387 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11389 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11390 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11391 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11396 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11397 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11398 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11400 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11402 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11404 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11405 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11406 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11410 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11412 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11413 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11414 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11419 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11426 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11428 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11431 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11433 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11438 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11439 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11440 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11442 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11444 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11445 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11446 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11447 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11448 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11449 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11456 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11457 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11458 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11459 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11460 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11461 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11463 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11469 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11471 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11478 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11479 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11481 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11482 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11483 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11484 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11485 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11486 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11487 #if !defined(gregs)
11488 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11489 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11491 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11492 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11495 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11496 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11498 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11500 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11502 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11506 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11507 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11509 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11510 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11511 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11513 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11517 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11518 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11519 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11520 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11528 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11529 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11530 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11531 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11535 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11538 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11541 const void *fpregs
,
11544 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11545 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11546 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11550 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11553 const void *xfpregs
,
11556 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11557 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11558 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11562 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11563 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11566 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11567 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11569 note_name
= "LINUX";
11570 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11571 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11575 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11578 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11581 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11582 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11583 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11587 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11590 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11593 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11594 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11595 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11599 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11602 const void *ppc_tar
,
11605 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11606 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11607 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11611 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11614 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11617 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11618 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11619 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11623 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11626 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11629 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11630 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11631 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11635 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11638 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11641 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11642 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11643 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11647 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11650 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11653 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11654 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11655 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11659 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11662 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11665 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11666 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11667 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11671 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11674 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11677 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11678 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11679 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11683 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11686 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11689 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11690 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11691 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11695 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11698 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11701 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11702 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11703 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11707 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11710 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11713 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11714 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11715 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11719 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11722 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11725 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11726 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11727 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11731 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11734 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11737 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11738 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11739 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11743 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11746 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11749 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11750 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11751 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11755 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11758 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11761 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11762 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11763 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11764 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11768 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11771 const void *s390_timer
,
11774 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11775 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11776 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11780 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11783 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11786 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11787 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11788 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11792 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11795 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11798 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11799 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11800 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11804 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11807 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11810 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11811 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11812 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11816 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11819 const void *s390_prefix
,
11822 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11823 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11824 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11828 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11831 const void *s390_last_break
,
11834 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11835 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11836 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11837 s390_last_break
, size
);
11841 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11844 const void *s390_system_call
,
11847 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11848 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11849 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11850 s390_system_call
, size
);
11854 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11857 const void *s390_tdb
,
11860 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11861 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11862 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11866 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11869 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11872 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11873 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11874 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11878 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11881 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11884 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11885 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11886 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11887 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11891 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11894 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11897 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11898 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11899 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11904 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11907 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11910 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11911 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11912 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11917 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11920 const void *arm_vfp
,
11923 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11924 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11925 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11929 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11932 const void *aarch_tls
,
11935 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11936 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11937 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11941 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11944 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11947 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11948 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11949 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11953 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11956 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11959 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11960 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11961 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11965 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11968 const void *aarch_sve
,
11971 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11972 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11973 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11977 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11980 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11983 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11984 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11985 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11989 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11992 const void *arc_v2
,
11995 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11996 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11997 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
12000 /* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
12001 buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
12002 written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
12003 replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12006 elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
,
12012 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12013 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12014 note_name
, NT_RISCV_CSR
, csrs
, size
);
12017 /* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
12018 SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
12019 note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
12020 note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12023 elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
,
12029 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12030 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12031 note_name
, NT_GDB_TDESC
, tdesc
, size
);
12035 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
12038 const char *section
,
12042 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
12043 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12044 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
12045 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12046 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
12047 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12048 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
12049 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12050 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
12051 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12052 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
12053 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12054 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
12055 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12056 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
12057 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12058 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
12059 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12060 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
12061 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12062 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
12063 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12064 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
12065 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12066 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
12067 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12068 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
12069 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12070 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
12071 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12072 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
12073 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12074 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
12075 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12076 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
12077 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12078 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
12079 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12080 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12081 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12082 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12083 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12084 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12085 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12086 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12087 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12088 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12089 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12090 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12091 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12092 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12093 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12094 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12095 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12096 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12097 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12098 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12099 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12100 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12101 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12102 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12103 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12104 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12105 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12106 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12107 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12108 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12109 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12110 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12111 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12112 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12113 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12114 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12115 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12116 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12117 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12118 if (strcmp (section
, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
12119 return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12120 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
12121 return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12126 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12127 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12129 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12130 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12134 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12139 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12140 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12141 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12142 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12145 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12149 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12151 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12152 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12154 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12157 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12159 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12160 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12161 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12164 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12165 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12166 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12168 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12169 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12172 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12179 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12182 const char * string
;
12184 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12188 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12189 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12190 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12191 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12192 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12193 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12194 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12196 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12199 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12201 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12202 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12203 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12205 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12214 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12216 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12219 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12220 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12222 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12228 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12235 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12240 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12243 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12246 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12250 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12251 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12254 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12264 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12266 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12267 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12268 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12271 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12273 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12279 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12282 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12283 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12284 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12285 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12287 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12288 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12291 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12295 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12301 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12302 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12303 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12304 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12309 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12310 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12311 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12312 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12314 return reloc_class_normal
;
12317 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12318 relocation against a local symbol. */
12321 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12322 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12324 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12326 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12327 bfd_vma relocation
;
12329 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12330 + sec
->output_offset
12332 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12333 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12334 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12337 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12338 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12339 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12342 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12343 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12344 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12345 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12346 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12347 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12348 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12351 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12352 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12358 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12359 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12363 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12365 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12366 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12368 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12369 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12370 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12373 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12374 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12375 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12376 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12380 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12381 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12385 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12387 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12388 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12390 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12391 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12394 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12396 /* Reverse the offset. */
12397 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12398 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12400 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12401 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12402 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12403 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12409 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12410 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12411 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12412 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12413 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12414 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12416 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12417 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12418 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12419 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12420 the remote memory. */
12423 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12426 bfd_size_type size
,
12427 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12428 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12430 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12431 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12435 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12436 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12437 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12442 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12445 const char *relplt_name
;
12446 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12450 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12456 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12459 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12462 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12465 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12466 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12467 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12468 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12469 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12472 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12473 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12474 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12477 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12481 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12482 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12485 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12486 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12487 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12488 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12490 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12491 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12494 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12496 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12501 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12505 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12506 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12508 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12513 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12514 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12517 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12518 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12519 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12520 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12521 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12522 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12524 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12527 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12528 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12530 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12534 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12535 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12536 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12537 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12540 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12543 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12544 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12551 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12552 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12553 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12554 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12555 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12556 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12557 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12558 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12561 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12563 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12565 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12567 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12568 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12570 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12571 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12572 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12575 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12576 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12577 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12578 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12580 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12581 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12582 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12583 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12584 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12585 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12586 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12587 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12588 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12589 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12590 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12591 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12592 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12600 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12601 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12602 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12605 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12607 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12608 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12611 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12612 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12613 otherwise return zero. */
12616 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12619 bfd_size_type size
;
12621 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12622 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12623 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12626 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12628 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12629 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12635 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12636 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12638 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12639 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12640 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12642 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12645 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12646 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12648 unsigned int shindex
)
12650 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12651 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12654 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12655 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12657 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12658 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12661 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12664 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12666 asymbol
** symbols
,
12667 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
12669 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12671 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12672 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12674 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12675 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12676 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12679 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12681 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12682 associated with SEC. */
12683 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12685 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12687 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12688 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
12689 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12690 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
12692 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12693 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12694 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12695 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12697 unsigned int entsize
;
12698 unsigned int symcount
;
12699 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12702 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12705 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12706 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12707 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12709 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12711 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12712 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12718 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12719 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12721 free (native_relocs
);
12722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12727 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12728 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12730 free (native_relocs
);
12735 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12736 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12739 free (native_relocs
);
12740 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12741 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12747 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
12749 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12751 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12752 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12754 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12757 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12759 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12760 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12761 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12762 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12764 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12765 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12766 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12767 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12768 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12769 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12771 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12773 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12775 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12776 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12777 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12778 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12780 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12783 /* xgettext:c-format */
12784 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12785 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12786 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12787 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12788 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12795 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12796 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12797 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12798 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12801 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12803 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12804 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12806 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12807 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12814 free (native_relocs
);
12815 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12816 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12823 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12826 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12827 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12828 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12829 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12833 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
12835 if (isection
== NULL
)
12838 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12841 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12845 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12849 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
12850 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
12851 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12852 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12853 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12854 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12856 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12858 /* xgettext:c-format */
12859 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12865 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12866 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12867 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12870 /* xgettext:c-format */
12871 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12877 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12879 if (isection
== NULL
12880 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12881 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12884 /* xgettext:c-format */
12885 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12887 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12891 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
12892 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
12893 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
12894 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= TRUE
;
12895 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12896 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12897 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12898 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
12899 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
12905 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
12907 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
12908 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
12909 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
12910 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
12913 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12915 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12916 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12918 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12919 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12924 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12925 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12926 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12929 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12931 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12932 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12933 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12935 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12936 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12938 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12939 associated with SEC. */
12940 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12942 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12943 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12945 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12946 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12948 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12950 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12952 unsigned int entsize
;
12953 arelent
* src_irel
;
12954 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12956 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12959 /* xgettext:c-format */
12960 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12967 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12971 /* xgettext:c-format */
12972 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
12974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12978 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12979 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
12982 /* xgettext:c-format */
12983 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
12985 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12990 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
12991 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12994 /* xgettext:c-format */
12995 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13002 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
13003 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
13006 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13007 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13008 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13012 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
13013 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
13014 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
13017 /* xgettext:c-format */
13018 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
13020 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13025 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
13027 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
13032 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
13036 /* xgettext:c-format */
13037 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
13038 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13039 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13044 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
13046 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
13051 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13053 if (sym
== last_sym
)
13057 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
13061 /* xgettext:c-format */
13062 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
13063 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13073 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
13074 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
13075 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
13078 /* xgettext:c-format */
13079 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
13080 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13087 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13088 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13091 /* xgettext:c-format */
13092 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13093 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13094 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13096 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13099 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13100 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13102 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13103 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13104 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13105 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);